1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
42 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
44 #include "insn-config.h"
52 #include "dwarf2out.h"
53 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
59 #include "diagnostic.h"
62 #include "langhooks.h"
63 #include "hashtable.h"
65 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
66 static void dwarf2out_source_line
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
69 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
70 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
71 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
72 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
73 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
74 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
75 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
76 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
77 CIE = Common Information Entry
78 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
79 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
80 FDE = Frame Description Entry
81 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
82 how to restore registers
84 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
85 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
87 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
93 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
94 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
95 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
98 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
100 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
105 /* The number of the current function definition for which debugging
106 information is being generated. These numbers range from 1 up to the
107 maximum number of function definitions contained within the current
108 compilation unit. These numbers are used to create unique label id's
109 unique to each function definition. */
110 unsigned current_funcdef_number
= 0;
112 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
114 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
117 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
118 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
122 default_eh_frame_section ()
124 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
125 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
127 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
130 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
131 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
132 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
136 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
138 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
139 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
140 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
143 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
144 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
145 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
147 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
148 Information instructions. The register number, offset
149 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
150 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
152 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
154 unsigned long dw_cfi_reg_num
;
155 long int dw_cfi_offset
;
156 const char *dw_cfi_addr
;
157 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_cfi_loc
;
161 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
163 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
164 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
165 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
166 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
170 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
171 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
172 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
173 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
174 of this structure. */
175 typedef struct cfa_loc
180 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
183 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
184 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
185 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
186 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
187 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
189 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
191 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
192 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
193 const char *dw_fde_end
;
194 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
195 unsigned funcdef_number
;
196 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
197 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
201 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
202 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
204 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
205 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
206 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
207 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
209 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
210 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
213 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
214 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
215 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
218 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
219 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
222 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
224 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
225 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
226 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
228 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
229 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
230 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
231 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
233 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
237 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
238 information for each routine. */
239 static dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
241 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
242 static unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
244 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
245 static unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
247 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
249 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
251 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
252 static dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
254 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
255 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
256 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
257 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
258 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
260 struct ht
*debug_str_hash
;
262 struct indirect_string_node
264 struct ht_identifier id
;
265 unsigned int refcount
;
270 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
272 static char *stripattributes
PARAMS ((const char *));
273 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
274 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi
PARAMS ((void));
275 static void add_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
));
276 static void add_fde_cfi
PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref
));
277 static void lookup_cfa_1
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
,
279 static void lookup_cfa
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
280 static void reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
282 static void initial_return_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
283 static long stack_adjust_offset
PARAMS ((rtx
));
284 static void output_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int));
285 static void output_call_frame_info
PARAMS ((int));
286 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust
PARAMS ((rtx
));
287 static void queue_reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, rtx
, long));
288 static void flush_queued_reg_saves
PARAMS ((void));
289 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
290 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr
PARAMS ((rtx
, const char *));
292 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
293 static void output_cfa_loc
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
));
294 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*,
295 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*));
296 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
297 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
298 static void def_cfa_1
PARAMS ((const char *,
301 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
302 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
303 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
306 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
307 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
308 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
310 /* Pseudo-op for defining a new section. */
311 #ifndef SECTION_ASM_OP
312 #define SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section\t"
315 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
316 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
319 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
320 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
323 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
324 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
327 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
328 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
329 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
330 #define CIE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLCIE"
331 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
332 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
333 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
334 #define FDE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLFDE"
335 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
336 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
337 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
338 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
339 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
341 /* Definitions of defaults for various types of primitive assembly language
342 output operations. These may be overridden from within the tm.h file,
343 but typically, that is unnecessary. */
346 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
347 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL(FILE, SY, HI, LO) \
349 fprintf (FILE, "%s", SET_ASM_OP); \
350 assemble_name (FILE, SY); \
352 assemble_name (FILE, HI); \
354 assemble_name (FILE, LO); \
359 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
360 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
362 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
364 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
366 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
370 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
371 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
372 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
373 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
376 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
377 for the current function. */
378 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
379 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
382 /* Hook used by __throw. */
385 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
387 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
));
390 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
391 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
397 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
402 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
409 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
412 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address
)
416 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
417 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
418 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
420 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
; i
++)
422 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
423 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode
[i
]);
428 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
432 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
435 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc
)
440 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
441 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
443 return "DW_CFA_offset";
445 return "DW_CFA_restore";
449 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
450 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
451 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
452 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
453 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
454 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
455 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
456 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
457 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
458 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
459 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
460 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
461 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
462 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
463 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
464 case DW_CFA_register
:
465 return "DW_CFA_register";
466 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
467 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
468 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
469 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
471 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
472 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
473 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
474 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
475 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
478 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
479 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
480 case DW_CFA_expression
:
481 return "DW_CFA_expression";
482 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
483 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
484 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
485 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
486 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
487 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
489 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
490 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
491 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
494 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
495 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
496 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
497 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
498 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
499 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
502 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
506 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
508 static inline dw_cfi_ref
511 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= (dw_cfi_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
513 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
514 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
515 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
520 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
523 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
)
524 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
529 /* Find the end of the chain. */
530 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
536 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
539 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
541 static char label
[20];
542 static unsigned long label_num
= 0;
544 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", label_num
++);
545 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
549 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
550 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
553 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
)
559 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
562 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
564 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
565 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
569 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
571 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
573 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
574 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
575 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
578 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
582 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
585 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
588 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
)
590 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
592 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
594 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
595 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
597 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
598 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
601 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
602 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
604 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
605 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
612 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
616 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
620 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
623 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
625 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
626 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
628 if (fde_table_in_use
)
630 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
631 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
632 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
636 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
637 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
639 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
641 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
643 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
644 static long args_size
;
646 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
647 static long old_args_size
;
649 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
650 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
651 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
654 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label
, reg
, offset
)
664 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
667 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
668 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
671 def_cfa_1 (label
, loc_p
)
673 dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
;
676 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
681 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
682 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
684 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
685 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
687 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
688 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
689 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
690 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
695 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
697 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
698 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
700 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
701 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
704 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
705 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
708 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
709 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
710 offset has not changed. */
711 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
712 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
716 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
718 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
719 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
720 the specified offset. */
721 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
722 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
723 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
727 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
728 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
729 register-offset pair is available. */
730 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
732 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
733 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
734 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
737 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
740 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
741 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
742 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
743 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
746 reg_save (label
, reg
, sreg
, offset
)
752 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
754 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
756 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
757 the value isn't a register number. */
758 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
761 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
763 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
765 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
767 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
769 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
770 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
771 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
773 long check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
775 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
779 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
781 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
783 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
785 else if (sreg
== reg
)
786 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
790 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
791 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
794 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
797 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
798 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
799 from the previous frame's window save area.
801 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
802 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
805 dwarf2out_window_save (label
)
808 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
810 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
811 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
814 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
815 pushed onto the stack. */
818 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, size
)
824 if (size
== old_args_size
)
827 old_args_size
= size
;
830 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
831 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
832 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
835 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
836 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
839 dwarf2out_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
844 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
847 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
848 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
851 dwarf2out_return_save (label
, offset
)
855 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
858 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
859 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
862 dwarf2out_return_reg (label
, sreg
)
866 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
869 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
870 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
873 initial_return_save (rtl
)
876 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
877 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
879 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
882 /* RA is in a register. */
883 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
887 /* RA is on the stack. */
889 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
892 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
898 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
900 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
904 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
906 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
916 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
917 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
918 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
919 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
921 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
928 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
931 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
935 stack_adjust_offset (pattern
)
938 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
939 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
940 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
943 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
945 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
946 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
947 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
948 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
949 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
952 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
956 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
958 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
959 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
960 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
966 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
968 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
969 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
970 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
971 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
973 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
980 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
982 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
989 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
991 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1006 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1007 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1008 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1011 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
)
1014 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1018 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1020 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1021 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1022 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1023 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1024 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1025 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1026 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1029 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1033 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1034 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1035 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1038 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1040 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1041 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1042 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1043 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1044 offset
= -args_size
;
1049 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1050 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1051 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1052 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1054 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1056 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1057 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1058 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1066 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1067 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1069 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1073 args_size
+= offset
;
1077 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1078 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1079 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1082 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1083 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1084 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1086 struct queued_reg_save
1088 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1093 static struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1094 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1097 queue_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
1102 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= (struct queued_reg_save
*) xmalloc (sizeof (*q
));
1104 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1106 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1107 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1109 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1113 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1115 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1117 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1119 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1124 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1125 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1129 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
)
1132 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1134 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1135 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1142 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1143 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1144 value, not an offset. */
1145 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1147 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1148 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1149 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1152 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1153 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1154 users need not read the source code.
1156 The High-Level Picture
1158 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1159 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1160 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1161 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1162 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1164 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1165 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1166 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1167 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1168 saves. This also seems to work.
1170 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1171 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1172 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1173 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1175 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1176 offset is non-zero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1177 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1178 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1180 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1182 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1183 consists of a register and an offset.
1184 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1185 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1186 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1187 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1188 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1189 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1190 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1192 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1193 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1194 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1197 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1198 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1199 and cfa_temp.offset.
1201 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1204 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1205 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1206 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1210 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1211 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1214 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1215 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1216 cfa.offset unchanged
1217 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1218 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1221 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1222 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1223 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1224 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1225 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1226 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1229 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1230 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1231 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1234 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1235 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1237 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1238 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1239 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1242 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1243 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1245 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1246 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1249 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1250 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1251 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1254 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1255 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1256 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1259 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1263 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1264 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1265 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1268 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1269 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1270 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1272 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1275 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1276 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1277 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1279 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1282 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1285 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1286 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1289 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1290 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1291 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1294 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1295 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1296 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1297 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1300 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr
, label
)
1305 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1307 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1308 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1309 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1310 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1311 flag is set in them. */
1312 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1315 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1317 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1318 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1319 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1321 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1326 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1329 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1330 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1332 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1336 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1337 relative to the current CFA register. */
1338 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1340 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1342 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1348 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1349 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1350 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1351 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1352 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1353 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1354 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1360 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1364 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1367 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1370 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1372 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1378 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1380 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1381 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1383 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1385 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1386 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1388 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1391 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1393 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1394 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1395 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1396 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1398 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1401 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1402 or adjusting the FP */
1403 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1406 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1407 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1408 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1410 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1411 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1413 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1414 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1421 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1425 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1426 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1427 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1429 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1430 into the FP later on. */
1431 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1432 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1433 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1434 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1435 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1436 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1440 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1441 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1442 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1444 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1445 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1446 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1448 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1449 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1453 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1454 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1456 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1457 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1466 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1467 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1472 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1473 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1474 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1477 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1478 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1479 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1482 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1483 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1492 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1496 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1499 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1501 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1506 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1507 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1509 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1511 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1512 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1515 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1516 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1517 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1519 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1525 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1526 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1529 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1530 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1533 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1534 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1535 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1537 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1541 /* With an offset. */
1545 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1547 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1548 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1551 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1552 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1553 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1554 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1560 /* Without an offset. */
1562 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1563 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1564 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1565 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1572 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1574 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1575 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1582 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1583 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1584 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1586 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1588 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1590 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1591 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1593 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1594 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1599 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1600 calculate the CFA. */
1601 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1603 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1605 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1608 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1609 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1611 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1616 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1617 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1625 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1626 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1627 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1630 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn
)
1636 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1638 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1639 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1641 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1643 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1646 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1649 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1653 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1654 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1656 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1658 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1659 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1664 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1665 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1667 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1669 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1671 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1674 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1677 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
)
1682 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1683 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1684 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1685 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1686 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1687 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1689 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1690 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1691 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1692 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1693 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1695 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1696 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1697 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1698 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1699 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1702 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1703 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1705 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1707 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1709 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1710 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1711 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1714 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1715 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1718 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1719 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1720 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1721 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1724 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1725 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1726 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1727 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1730 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1731 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1732 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1733 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1736 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1737 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1738 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1739 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1742 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1743 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1744 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1746 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1749 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1751 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1753 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1756 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1757 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1758 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1759 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1760 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1764 case DW_CFA_register
:
1765 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1767 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1771 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1772 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1773 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1776 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1777 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1780 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1783 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1784 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1785 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1788 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1789 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1798 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1799 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1800 location of saved registers. */
1803 output_call_frame_info (for_eh
)
1809 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1810 int any_lsda_needed
= 0;
1811 char augmentation
[6];
1812 int augmentation_size
;
1813 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1814 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1815 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1817 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit any
1818 EH unwind information. */
1821 int any_eh_needed
= flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1823 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1824 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1825 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= 1;
1826 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
)
1829 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1833 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1838 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1840 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1842 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1843 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1845 /* Output the CIE. */
1846 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1847 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1848 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1849 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1850 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1852 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1853 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1854 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1855 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1856 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1858 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1860 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1861 augmentation_size
= 0;
1867 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1868 augmentation section.
1869 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1870 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1871 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1873 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1874 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1876 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1877 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1878 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1880 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1881 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1884 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
1886 if (any_lsda_needed
)
1889 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1891 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
1894 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1896 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
1898 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
1902 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
1903 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
1905 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
1907 + 1 /* CIE version */
1908 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
1909 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
1910 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
1912 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
1913 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
1914 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
1916 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
1918 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
1919 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
1920 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
1925 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
1926 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
1927 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
1928 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
1929 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
1931 if (augmentation
[0])
1933 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
1934 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1936 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
1937 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
1938 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
1939 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
1942 if (any_lsda_needed
)
1943 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
1944 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
1946 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
1947 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
1948 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
1951 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
1952 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
1954 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
1955 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
1956 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
1957 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
1959 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
1960 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1962 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
1964 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
1965 if (for_eh
&& fde
->nothrow
&& ! fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
1968 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
1969 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
1970 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
1971 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1973 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1976 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
1978 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
1983 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
1984 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
1985 "FDE initial location");
1986 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
1987 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
1988 "FDE address range");
1992 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
1993 "FDE initial location");
1994 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1995 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
1996 "FDE address range");
1999 if (augmentation
[0])
2001 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2003 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2005 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2007 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2008 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2009 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2010 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2011 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2014 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2018 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2020 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2022 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2023 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2024 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2025 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2026 "Language Specific Data Area");
2030 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2031 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2033 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2034 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2038 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2041 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2043 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2044 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2045 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2047 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2048 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2049 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2050 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2053 #ifndef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2055 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2057 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2058 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2059 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2060 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2063 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2068 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2072 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line
, file
)
2073 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2074 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2076 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2079 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2081 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2082 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2083 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2085 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2086 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2089 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2093 current_funcdef_number
++;
2094 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2095 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2096 current_funcdef_number
);
2097 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2098 current_funcdef_number
);
2099 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2101 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2102 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2103 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2107 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2108 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2110 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2112 = (dw_fde_ref
) xrealloc (fde_table
,
2113 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2116 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2117 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2119 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2120 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2121 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2122 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2123 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2124 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2125 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_funcdef_number
;
2126 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2127 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2129 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2131 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2132 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2133 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2135 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2139 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2140 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2144 dwarf2out_end_epilogue ()
2147 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2149 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2151 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, current_funcdef_number
);
2152 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2153 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2154 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2158 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2160 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2161 fde_table
= (dw_fde_ref
) xcalloc (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
, sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2162 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2163 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2165 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2166 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2168 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2169 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2170 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2171 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2176 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2178 /* Output call frame information. */
2179 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2180 output_call_frame_info (0);
2182 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2183 output_call_frame_info (1);
2186 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2187 for emitting location expressions. */
2189 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2190 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2191 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2192 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2194 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2195 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2196 implementation are listed below. */
2201 dw_val_class_offset
,
2203 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2204 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2206 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2207 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2210 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2211 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2212 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2213 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2218 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2219 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2221 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
2228 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2230 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
2237 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2238 represented internally. */
2240 typedef struct dw_val_struct
2242 dw_val_class val_class
;
2246 long unsigned val_offset
;
2247 dw_loc_list_ref val_loc_list
;
2248 dw_loc_descr_ref val_loc
;
2250 long unsigned val_unsigned
;
2251 dw_long_long_const val_long_long
;
2252 dw_float_const val_float
;
2258 unsigned val_fde_index
;
2259 struct indirect_string_node
*val_str
;
2261 unsigned char val_flag
;
2267 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2270 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
2272 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2273 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2274 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2275 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2280 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2281 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2282 their entire life. */
2283 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
2285 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2286 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2287 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2288 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2289 Only on head of list */
2290 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2291 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2294 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
2295 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2298 static void add_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
*,
2300 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2301 static unsigned long size_of_locs
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2302 static void output_loc_operands
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2303 static void output_loc_sequence
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2305 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2308 dwarf_stack_op_name (op
)
2314 return "DW_OP_addr";
2316 return "DW_OP_deref";
2318 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2320 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2322 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2324 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2326 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2328 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2330 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2332 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2334 return "DW_OP_constu";
2336 return "DW_OP_consts";
2340 return "DW_OP_drop";
2342 return "DW_OP_over";
2344 return "DW_OP_pick";
2346 return "DW_OP_swap";
2350 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2358 return "DW_OP_minus";
2370 return "DW_OP_plus";
2371 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2372 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2378 return "DW_OP_shra";
2396 return "DW_OP_skip";
2398 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2400 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2402 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2404 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2406 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2408 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2410 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2412 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2414 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2416 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2418 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2420 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2422 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2424 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2426 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2428 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2430 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2432 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2434 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2436 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2438 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2440 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2442 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2444 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2446 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2448 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2450 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2452 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2454 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2456 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2458 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2460 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2462 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2464 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2466 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2468 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2470 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2472 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2474 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2476 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2478 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2480 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2482 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2484 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2486 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2488 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2490 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2492 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2494 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2496 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2498 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2500 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2502 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2504 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2506 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2508 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2510 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2512 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2514 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2516 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2518 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2520 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2522 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2524 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2526 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2528 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2530 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2532 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2534 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2536 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2538 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2540 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2542 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2544 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2546 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2548 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2550 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2552 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2554 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2556 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2558 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2560 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2562 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2564 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2566 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2568 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2570 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2572 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2574 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2576 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2578 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2580 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2582 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2584 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2586 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2588 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2590 return "DW_OP_regx";
2592 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2594 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2596 return "DW_OP_piece";
2597 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2598 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2599 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2600 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2604 return "OP_<unknown>";
2608 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2609 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2610 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2612 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2613 new_loc_descr (op
, oprnd1
, oprnd2
)
2614 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
2615 unsigned long oprnd1
;
2616 unsigned long oprnd2
;
2618 /* Use xcalloc here so we clear out all of the long_long constant in
2620 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2621 = (dw_loc_descr_ref
) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2623 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2624 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2625 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2626 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2627 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2633 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2636 add_loc_descr (list_head
, descr
)
2637 dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
;
2638 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
2640 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2642 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2643 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2649 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2651 static unsigned long
2652 size_of_loc_descr (loc
)
2653 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2655 unsigned long size
= 1;
2657 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2660 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2679 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2682 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2687 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2688 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2726 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2729 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2732 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2735 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2736 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2739 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2741 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2742 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2752 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2754 static unsigned long
2756 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2760 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2762 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2763 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2769 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2772 output_loc_operands (loc
)
2773 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2775 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2776 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2778 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2780 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2782 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2786 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2790 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2794 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2796 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2803 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2804 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2808 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2821 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2822 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2823 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2824 only doing unwinding. */
2829 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2832 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2835 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2838 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2840 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2841 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2875 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2878 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2881 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2884 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2885 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2888 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2890 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2891 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2892 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2895 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2900 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
2903 output_loc_sequence (loc
)
2904 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2906 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2908 /* Output the opcode. */
2909 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
2910 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
2912 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2913 output_loc_operands (loc
);
2917 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
2918 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
2921 output_cfa_loc (cfi
)
2924 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2927 /* Output the size of the block. */
2928 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
2929 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
2930 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
2932 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
2933 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
2936 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
2937 a dw_cfa_location. */
2939 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
2941 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
2943 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
2945 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
2948 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
2951 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
2953 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
2955 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
2956 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
2958 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
2960 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
2961 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
2962 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
2963 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
2965 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
2966 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
2972 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
2973 descriptor sequence. */
2976 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa
, loc
)
2977 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
2978 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
;
2980 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
2982 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
2986 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
2988 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3024 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3027 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3061 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3062 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3065 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3066 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3071 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3072 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3075 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3076 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3080 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3082 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3083 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3085 /* .debug_str support. */
3086 static hashnode indirect_string_alloc
PARAMS ((hash_table
*));
3087 static int output_indirect_string
PARAMS ((struct cpp_reader
*,
3088 hashnode
, const PTR
));
3091 static void dwarf2out_init
PARAMS ((const char *));
3092 static void dwarf2out_finish
PARAMS ((const char *));
3093 static void dwarf2out_define
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3094 static void dwarf2out_undef
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3095 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3096 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3097 static void dwarf2out_begin_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3098 static void dwarf2out_end_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3099 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block
PARAMS ((tree
));
3100 static void dwarf2out_global_decl
PARAMS ((tree
));
3101 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function
PARAMS ((tree
));
3103 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3105 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3111 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3112 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3113 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3114 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3115 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3116 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3117 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3118 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_prologue */
3119 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3120 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3121 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3122 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3123 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3124 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3125 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3126 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3127 something tries to reference them. */
3128 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3129 debug_nothing_rtx
/* label */
3132 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3133 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3134 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3136 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3137 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3138 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3139 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3141 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3142 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3144 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3146 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3148 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3149 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3150 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3151 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3152 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3154 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3155 line number associated with the label generated for that
3156 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3157 the line number entry. */
3159 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
3161 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3162 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3166 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3168 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
3170 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3171 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3172 unsigned long function
;
3174 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3176 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3177 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3178 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3180 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
3182 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3183 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3184 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3188 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3190 typedef struct die_struct
3192 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3194 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3195 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3196 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3198 dw_offset die_offset
;
3199 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3204 /* The pubname structure */
3206 typedef struct pubname_struct
3213 struct dw_ranges_struct
3218 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3219 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
3223 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3227 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3228 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3229 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3232 /* Define a macro which returns non-zero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3233 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3235 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3236 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3237 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3238 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3239 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3240 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3242 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3243 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3244 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3245 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3246 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3247 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3248 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3249 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3250 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3251 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3253 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3254 language, and compiler version. */
3256 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3257 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3259 /* Fixed size portion of debugging line information prolog. */
3260 #define DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE 5
3262 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3263 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3265 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3266 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3267 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3268 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3270 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3271 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3272 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3273 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3274 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3276 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3277 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3278 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3279 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3281 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3285 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3286 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3287 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3289 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3290 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3292 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3293 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3295 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3296 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3297 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3298 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3299 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3301 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3302 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3303 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3305 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3306 static dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3308 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3309 static limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
= 0;
3311 /* Structure used by lookup_filename to manage sets of filenames. */
3317 unsigned last_lookup_index
;
3320 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the filename
3322 #define FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3324 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3325 static struct file_table file_table
;
3327 /* Local pointer to the name of the main input file. Initialized in
3329 static const char *primary_filename
;
3331 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3332 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3333 number identifying each decl. */
3334 static dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3336 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3337 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3339 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3340 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3342 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3344 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3346 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
3347 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
3348 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
3349 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
3350 define type declaration DIE's. */
3351 varray_type decl_scope_table
;
3353 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3354 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3355 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3356 static dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3358 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3359 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3361 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3362 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3364 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3365 abbrev_die_table. */
3366 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3368 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3369 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3370 static dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3372 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3373 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3375 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3376 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3378 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3379 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3380 static dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3382 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3383 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3385 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3386 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3388 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3390 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3392 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3393 accessible names. */
3394 static pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3396 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3397 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3399 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3400 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3402 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3404 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3406 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3407 static dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3409 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3410 static unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3412 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3413 static unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3415 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3417 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3419 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3420 static dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3422 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3423 static unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3425 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3426 static unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3428 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3430 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3432 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3433 static unsigned have_location_lists
;
3435 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
3436 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
3437 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
3438 varray_type incomplete_types
;
3440 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3441 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3442 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3443 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3446 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
3447 must be kept around forever. This is a GC root. */
3448 static varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
3450 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3452 static int is_pseudo_reg
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3453 static tree type_main_variant
PARAMS ((tree
));
3454 static int is_tagged_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3455 static const char *dwarf_tag_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3456 static const char *dwarf_attr_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3457 static const char *dwarf_form_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3459 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3461 static tree decl_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3462 static tree block_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3463 static tree decl_class_context
PARAMS ((tree
));
3464 static void add_dwarf_attr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
));
3465 static inline dw_val_class AT_class
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3466 static void add_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3467 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3469 static inline unsigned AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3470 static void add_AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3471 enum dwarf_attribute
, long));
3472 static inline long int AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3473 static void add_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3474 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3476 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3477 static void add_AT_long_long
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3478 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3481 static void add_AT_float
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3482 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3484 static void add_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3485 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3487 static inline const char *AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3488 static int AT_string_form
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3489 static void add_AT_die_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3490 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3492 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3493 static inline int AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3494 static inline void set_AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, int));
3495 static void add_AT_fde_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3496 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3498 static void add_AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3499 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3501 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3502 static void add_AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3503 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3505 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3506 static void add_AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3507 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3509 static inline rtx AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3510 static void add_AT_lbl_id
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3511 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3513 static void add_AT_lbl_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3514 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3516 static void add_AT_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3517 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3519 static void add_AT_range_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3520 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3522 static inline const char *AT_lbl
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3523 static dw_attr_ref get_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3524 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3525 static const char *get_AT_low_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3526 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3527 static const char *get_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3528 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3529 static int get_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3530 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3531 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3532 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3533 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3534 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3535 static int is_c_family
PARAMS ((void));
3536 static int is_cxx
PARAMS ((void));
3537 static int is_java
PARAMS ((void));
3538 static int is_fortran
PARAMS ((void));
3539 static void remove_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3540 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3541 static inline void free_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3542 static void remove_children
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3543 static void add_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3544 static dw_die_ref new_die
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
,
3546 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3547 static void equate_type_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3548 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3549 static void equate_decl_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3550 static void print_spaces
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3551 static void print_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, FILE *));
3552 static void print_dwarf_line_table
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3553 static void reverse_die_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3554 static void reverse_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3555 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3556 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3557 static void loc_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3559 static void attr_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
,
3561 static void die_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3563 static void compute_section_prefix
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3564 static int is_type_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3565 static int is_comdat_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3566 static int is_symbol_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3567 static void assign_symbol_names
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3568 static void break_out_includes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3569 static void add_sibling_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3570 static void build_abbrev_table
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3571 static void output_location_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3572 static int constant_size
PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3573 static unsigned long size_of_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3574 static void calc_die_sizes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3575 static void mark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3576 static void unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3577 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3578 static unsigned long size_of_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3579 static enum dwarf_form value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3580 static void output_value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3581 static void output_abbrev_section
PARAMS ((void));
3582 static void output_die_symbol
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3583 static void output_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3584 static void output_compilation_unit_header
PARAMS ((void));
3585 static void output_comp_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3586 static const char *dwarf2_name
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3587 static void add_pubname
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3588 static void output_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3589 static void add_arange
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3590 static void output_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3591 static unsigned int add_ranges
PARAMS ((tree
));
3592 static void output_ranges
PARAMS ((void));
3593 static void output_line_info
PARAMS ((void));
3594 static void output_file_names
PARAMS ((void));
3595 static dw_die_ref base_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3596 static tree root_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3597 static int is_base_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3598 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
));
3599 static int type_is_enum
PARAMS ((tree
));
3600 static unsigned int reg_number
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3601 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3602 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
));
3603 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr
PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3604 static int is_based_loc
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3605 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
));
3606 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3607 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3608 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3609 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int));
3610 static tree field_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3611 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3612 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3613 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3614 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset
PARAMS ((tree
));
3615 static void add_AT_location_description
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3616 enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
));
3617 static void add_data_member_location_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3618 static void add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, rtx
));
3619 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location
PARAMS ((tree
));
3620 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3621 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3622 static void add_name_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, const char *));
3623 static void add_bound_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3624 enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
));
3625 static void add_subscript_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3626 static void add_byte_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3627 static void add_bit_offset_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3628 static void add_bit_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3629 static void add_prototyped_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3630 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3631 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3632 static void add_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3633 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3634 static void push_decl_scope
PARAMS ((tree
));
3635 static void pop_decl_scope
PARAMS ((void));
3636 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3637 static inline int local_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3638 static inline int class_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3639 static void add_type_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int,
3641 static const char *type_tag
PARAMS ((tree
));
3642 static tree member_declared_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3644 static const char *decl_start_label
PARAMS ((tree
));
3646 static void gen_array_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3647 static void gen_set_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3649 static void gen_entry_point_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3651 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3652 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3653 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3654 static void gen_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3655 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3656 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3657 static void gen_formal_types_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3658 static void gen_subprogram_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3659 static void gen_variable_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3660 static void gen_label_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3661 static void gen_lexical_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3662 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3663 static void gen_field_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3664 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3665 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die
PARAMS ((const char *));
3666 static void gen_string_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3667 static void gen_inheritance_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3668 static void gen_member_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3669 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3670 static void gen_subroutine_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3671 static void gen_typedef_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3672 static void gen_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3673 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3674 static void gen_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3675 static void decls_for_scope
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3676 static int is_redundant_typedef
PARAMS ((tree
));
3677 static void gen_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3678 static unsigned lookup_filename
PARAMS ((const char *));
3679 static void init_file_table
PARAMS ((void));
3680 static void retry_incomplete_types
PARAMS ((void));
3681 static void gen_type_die_for_member
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3682 static void splice_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3683 static int file_info_cmp
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3684 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3685 const char *, const char *,
3686 const char *, unsigned));
3687 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
*,
3689 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3690 static void output_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
));
3691 static char *gen_internal_sym
PARAMS ((const char *));
3692 static void mark_limbo_die_list
PARAMS ((void *));
3694 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3695 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3696 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3698 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3699 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3701 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3702 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3704 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3705 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3707 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3708 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3710 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3711 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3713 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3714 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3716 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3717 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3719 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3720 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3723 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3724 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3725 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3728 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3729 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
3730 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3731 (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1)
3733 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
3736 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3737 the section names themselves. */
3739 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3740 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3742 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3743 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3745 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3746 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3748 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3749 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3751 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3752 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3754 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3755 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3757 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3758 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3761 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3762 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3763 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3764 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3765 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3767 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3768 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3769 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3770 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3771 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3772 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3773 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3774 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3776 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3777 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3779 #ifndef DATA_END_LABEL
3780 #define DATA_END_LABEL "Ledata"
3782 #ifndef BSS_END_LABEL
3783 #define BSS_END_LABEL "Lebss"
3785 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3786 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3788 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3789 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3791 #ifndef BODY_BEGIN_LABEL
3792 #define BODY_BEGIN_LABEL "Lbb"
3794 #ifndef BODY_END_LABEL
3795 #define BODY_END_LABEL "Lbe"
3797 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3798 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3800 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3801 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3804 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3805 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3807 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3810 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func
)
3811 const char *(*func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3813 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3816 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3822 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3823 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3824 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3827 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3831 type_main_variant (type
)
3834 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3836 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3837 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3838 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3839 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3841 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3842 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3843 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3848 /* Return non-zero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3851 is_tagged_type (type
)
3854 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
3856 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
3857 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
3860 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3863 dwarf_tag_name (tag
)
3868 case DW_TAG_padding
:
3869 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3870 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
3871 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3872 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
3873 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3874 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
3875 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3876 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
3877 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3878 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
3879 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3880 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
3881 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3883 return "DW_TAG_label";
3884 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
3885 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3887 return "DW_TAG_member";
3888 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
3889 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3890 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
3891 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3892 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
3893 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3894 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
3895 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3896 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
3897 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3898 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
3899 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3900 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
3901 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3902 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
3903 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3904 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
3905 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3906 case DW_TAG_variant
:
3907 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3908 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
3909 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3910 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
3911 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
3912 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
3913 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
3914 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
3915 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
3917 return "DW_TAG_module";
3918 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
3919 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3920 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
3921 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3922 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
3923 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3924 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
3925 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3926 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
3927 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
3928 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
3929 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
3930 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
3931 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
3932 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
3933 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
3934 case DW_TAG_constant
:
3935 return "DW_TAG_constant";
3936 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
3937 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
3938 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
3939 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
3941 return "DW_TAG_friend";
3942 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
3943 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
3944 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
3945 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
3946 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
3947 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
3948 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
3949 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
3950 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
3951 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
3952 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
3953 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
3954 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
3955 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
3956 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
3957 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
3958 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
3959 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
3960 case DW_TAG_variable
:
3961 return "DW_TAG_variable";
3962 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
3963 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
3964 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
3965 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
3966 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
3967 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
3968 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
3969 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
3970 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
3971 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
3972 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
3973 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
3974 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
3975 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
3977 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3981 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3984 dwarf_attr_name (attr
)
3990 return "DW_AT_sibling";
3991 case DW_AT_location
:
3992 return "DW_AT_location";
3994 return "DW_AT_name";
3995 case DW_AT_ordering
:
3996 return "DW_AT_ordering";
3997 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
3998 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
3999 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4000 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4001 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4002 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4003 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4004 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4005 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4006 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4007 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4008 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4010 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4012 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4013 case DW_AT_language
:
4014 return "DW_AT_language";
4016 return "DW_AT_member";
4018 return "DW_AT_discr";
4019 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4020 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4021 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4022 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4024 return "DW_AT_import";
4025 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4026 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4027 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4028 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4029 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4030 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4031 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4032 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4033 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4034 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4035 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4036 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4038 return "DW_AT_inline";
4039 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4040 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4041 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4042 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4043 case DW_AT_producer
:
4044 return "DW_AT_producer";
4045 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4046 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4047 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4048 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4049 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4050 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4051 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4052 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4053 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4054 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4055 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4056 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4057 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4058 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4059 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4060 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4061 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4062 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4063 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4064 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4065 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4066 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4068 return "DW_AT_count";
4069 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4070 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4071 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4072 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4073 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4074 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4075 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4076 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4077 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4078 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4079 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4080 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4081 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4082 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4083 case DW_AT_external
:
4084 return "DW_AT_external";
4085 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4086 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4088 return "DW_AT_friend";
4089 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4090 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4091 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4092 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4093 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4094 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4095 case DW_AT_priority
:
4096 return "DW_AT_priority";
4098 return "DW_AT_segment";
4099 case DW_AT_specification
:
4100 return "DW_AT_specification";
4101 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4102 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4104 return "DW_AT_type";
4105 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4106 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4107 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4108 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4109 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4110 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4111 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4112 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4114 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4115 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4116 case DW_AT_associated
:
4117 return "DW_AT_associated";
4118 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4119 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4121 return "DW_AT_stride";
4122 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4123 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4124 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4125 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4126 case DW_AT_extension
:
4127 return "DW_AT_extension";
4129 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4130 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4131 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4132 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4133 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4134 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4135 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4136 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4137 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4139 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4140 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4141 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4142 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4143 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4144 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4145 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4146 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4147 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4148 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4149 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4150 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4151 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4152 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4153 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4154 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4155 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4156 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4157 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4158 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4159 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4160 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4162 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4163 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4164 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4165 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4166 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4167 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4168 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4169 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4170 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4171 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4172 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4173 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4174 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4175 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4178 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4182 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4185 dwarf_form_name (form
)
4191 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4192 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4193 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4194 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4195 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4197 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4199 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4201 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4202 case DW_FORM_string
:
4203 return "DW_FORM_string";
4205 return "DW_FORM_block";
4206 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4207 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4209 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4211 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4213 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4215 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4217 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4218 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4219 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4221 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4223 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4225 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4227 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4228 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4229 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4230 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4231 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4233 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4237 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4241 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc
)
4246 case DW_ATE_address
:
4247 return "DW_ATE_address";
4248 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4249 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4250 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4251 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4253 return "DW_ATE_float";
4255 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4256 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4257 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4258 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4259 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4260 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4261 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4263 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4268 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4269 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4270 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4271 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4275 decl_ultimate_origin (decl
)
4278 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4279 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4280 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4281 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4284 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4285 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4286 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4287 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4291 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4294 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4295 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4296 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4297 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4301 block_ultimate_origin (block
)
4304 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4306 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4307 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4308 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4309 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4312 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4317 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4321 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4322 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4323 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4325 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4331 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4332 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4336 decl_class_context (decl
)
4339 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4341 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4342 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4344 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4345 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4347 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4348 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4353 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4354 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4357 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
)
4361 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4363 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4364 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4368 static inline dw_val_class
4372 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4375 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4378 add_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
, flag
)
4380 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4383 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4385 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4386 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4387 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4388 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4389 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4392 static inline unsigned
4396 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4397 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4402 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4405 add_AT_int (die
, attr_kind
, int_val
)
4407 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4410 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4412 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4413 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4414 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4415 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4416 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4419 static inline long int
4423 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4424 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4429 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4432 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
, unsigned_val
)
4434 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4435 unsigned long unsigned_val
;
4437 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4439 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4440 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4441 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4442 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4443 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4446 static inline unsigned long
4450 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4451 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4456 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4459 add_AT_long_long (die
, attr_kind
, val_hi
, val_low
)
4461 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4462 unsigned long val_hi
;
4463 unsigned long val_low
;
4465 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4467 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4468 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4469 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4470 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4471 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4472 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4475 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4478 add_AT_float (die
, attr_kind
, length
, array
)
4480 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4484 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4486 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4487 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4488 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4489 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4490 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4491 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4494 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4497 add_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
, str
)
4499 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4502 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4503 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4505 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4507 debug_str_hash
= ht_create (10);
4508 debug_str_hash
->alloc_node
= indirect_string_alloc
;
4511 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*)
4512 ht_lookup (debug_str_hash
, (const unsigned char *) str
,
4513 strlen (str
), HT_ALLOC
);
4516 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4517 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4518 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4519 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4520 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4523 static inline const char *
4527 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4528 return (const char *) HT_STR (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->id
);
4533 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4534 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4540 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4542 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4544 extern int const_labelno
;
4547 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4551 len
= HT_LEN (&node
->id
) + 1;
4553 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4554 always better to put it inline. */
4555 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4556 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4558 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4559 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4561 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4562 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4563 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4565 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LC", const_labelno
);
4567 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4569 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4575 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4578 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_die
)
4580 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4581 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
4583 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4585 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4586 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4587 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4588 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4589 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4590 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4593 static inline dw_die_ref
4597 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4598 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4607 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4608 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4614 set_AT_ref_external (a
, i
)
4618 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4619 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4624 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4627 add_AT_fde_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_fde
)
4629 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4632 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4634 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4635 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4636 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4637 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4638 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4641 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4644 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, loc
)
4646 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4647 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4649 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4651 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4652 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4653 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4654 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4655 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4658 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4662 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4663 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4669 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, loc_list
)
4671 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4672 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
4674 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4676 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4677 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4678 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4679 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4680 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4681 have_location_lists
= 1;
4684 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4688 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4689 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4694 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4697 add_AT_addr (die
, attr_kind
, addr
)
4699 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4702 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4704 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4705 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4706 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4707 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4708 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4715 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4716 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4721 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4724 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, attr_kind
, lbl_id
)
4726 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4729 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4731 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4732 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4733 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4734 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4735 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4738 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4741 add_AT_lbl_offset (die
, attr_kind
, label
)
4743 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4746 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4748 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4749 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4750 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4751 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4752 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4755 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4758 add_AT_offset (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4760 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4761 unsigned long offset
;
4763 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4765 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4766 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4767 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4768 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4769 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4772 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4775 add_AT_range_list (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4777 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4778 unsigned long offset
;
4780 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4782 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4783 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4784 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4785 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4786 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4789 static inline const char *
4793 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4794 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4795 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4800 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4802 static inline dw_attr_ref
4803 get_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
4805 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4808 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4812 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4813 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4815 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4816 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4820 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
4826 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4827 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4828 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4830 static inline const char *
4834 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
4836 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4839 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4840 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4841 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4843 static inline const char *
4847 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
4849 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4852 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4853 NULL if it is not present. */
4855 static inline const char *
4856 get_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
)
4858 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4860 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4862 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
4865 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4866 if it is not present. */
4869 get_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
)
4871 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4873 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4875 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
4878 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4879 if it is not present. */
4881 static inline unsigned
4882 get_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
)
4884 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4886 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4888 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
4891 static inline dw_die_ref
4892 get_AT_ref (die
, attr_kind
)
4894 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4896 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4898 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
4904 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4906 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
4907 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4913 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
4914 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4920 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4922 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
);
4928 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4930 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Java
);
4933 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
4935 static inline void free_AT
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
4940 switch (AT_class (a
))
4942 case dw_val_class_str
:
4943 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
4944 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
4947 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
4948 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
4949 free (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
);
4952 case dw_val_class_float
:
4953 free (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
);
4963 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4966 remove_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
4968 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4971 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
4975 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
4976 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4979 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
4988 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
4994 remove_children (die
);
4998 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5001 remove_children (die
)
5004 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5006 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5008 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5010 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5013 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5015 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5017 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5019 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5027 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5028 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5031 add_child_die (die
, child_die
)
5033 dw_die_ref child_die
;
5035 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5037 if (die
== child_die
)
5040 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5041 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5042 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5046 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5047 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5050 splice_child_die (parent
, child
)
5051 dw_die_ref parent
, child
;
5055 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5056 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5057 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5059 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5065 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5066 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5069 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5072 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5076 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5077 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5080 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5082 static inline dw_die_ref
5083 new_die (tag_value
, parent_die
, t
)
5084 enum dwarf_tag tag_value
;
5085 dw_die_ref parent_die
;
5088 dw_die_ref die
= (dw_die_ref
) xcalloc (1, sizeof (die_node
));
5090 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5092 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5093 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5096 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5098 limbo_node
= (limbo_die_node
*) xmalloc (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5099 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5100 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5101 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5102 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5108 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5110 static inline dw_die_ref
5111 lookup_type_die (type
)
5114 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
5115 type
= TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
);
5117 return (dw_die_ref
) TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type
);
5120 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5123 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
)
5125 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5127 TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type
) = (char *) type_die
;
5130 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5132 static inline dw_die_ref
5133 lookup_decl_die (decl
)
5136 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5138 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5141 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5144 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
)
5146 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
5148 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5149 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5151 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5154 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5155 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5156 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5159 = (dw_die_ref
*) xrealloc (decl_die_table
,
5160 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5162 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5163 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5164 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5167 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5168 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5170 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5173 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5174 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5175 the DIE internal representation. */
5176 static int print_indent
;
5178 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5181 print_spaces (outfile
)
5184 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5187 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5188 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5191 print_die (die
, outfile
)
5198 print_spaces (outfile
);
5199 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5200 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5201 print_spaces (outfile
);
5202 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5203 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5205 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5207 print_spaces (outfile
);
5208 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5210 switch (AT_class (a
))
5212 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5213 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5215 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5216 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5218 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5219 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5221 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5222 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5223 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5225 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5226 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5228 case dw_val_class_const
:
5229 fprintf (outfile
, "%ld", AT_int (a
));
5231 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5232 fprintf (outfile
, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a
));
5234 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5235 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5236 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5237 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5239 case dw_val_class_float
:
5240 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5242 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5243 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5245 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5246 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5248 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5249 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5251 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5254 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5256 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5257 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5258 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5260 case dw_val_class_str
:
5261 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5262 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5264 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5270 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5273 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5276 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5277 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5281 if (print_indent
== 0)
5282 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5285 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5286 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5289 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile
)
5293 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5295 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5296 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5298 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5299 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5300 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s", file_table
.table
[line_info
->dw_file_num
]);
5301 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5302 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5305 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5308 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5311 debug_dwarf_die (die
)
5314 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5317 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5318 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5324 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5325 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5326 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5329 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5330 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5331 they are in order of addition. */
5334 reverse_die_lists (die
)
5337 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5338 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5340 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5342 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5343 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5349 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5356 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5359 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5360 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5361 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5362 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5363 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5366 reverse_all_dies (die
)
5371 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5373 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5374 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5377 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5378 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5379 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5382 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit
, bincl_die
)
5383 dw_die_ref old_unit
, bincl_die
;
5385 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5386 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5388 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5392 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5395 pop_compile_unit (old_unit
)
5396 dw_die_ref old_unit
;
5398 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5400 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5404 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5405 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5407 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5410 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
)
5411 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5412 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5414 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5415 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5416 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5419 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5422 attr_checksum (at
, ctx
)
5424 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5426 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5429 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5431 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5432 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5433 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5434 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5435 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5438 switch (AT_class (at
))
5440 case dw_val_class_const
:
5441 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5443 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5444 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5446 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5447 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5449 case dw_val_class_float
:
5450 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5452 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5453 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5455 case dw_val_class_str
:
5456 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5459 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5461 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5464 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5472 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5473 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5476 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5477 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5478 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5481 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5482 if (AT_ref (at
)->die_offset
)
5483 CHECKSUM (AT_ref (at
)->die_offset
);
5484 /* FIXME else use target die name or something. */
5486 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5487 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5488 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5496 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5499 die_checksum (die
, ctx
)
5501 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5506 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5508 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5509 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
);
5511 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5512 die_checksum (c
, ctx
);
5516 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5518 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5520 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5522 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5523 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5525 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5526 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5529 compute_section_prefix (unit_die
)
5530 dw_die_ref unit_die
;
5532 const char *base
= lbasename (get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
));
5533 char *name
= (char *) alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5536 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5539 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5540 the name filename of the unit. */
5542 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5543 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
);
5544 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5546 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5547 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5549 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5550 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5552 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5556 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5557 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5560 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5566 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5568 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5569 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5570 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5571 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5572 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5573 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5574 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5575 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5576 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5577 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5578 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5579 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5580 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5581 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5582 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5583 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5584 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5591 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5592 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5593 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5594 compilations (functions). */
5600 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5601 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5602 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5603 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5605 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5608 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5609 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5610 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5611 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5613 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5615 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5618 return is_type_die (c
);
5621 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5622 compilation unit. */
5628 return (is_type_die (c
)
5629 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5630 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5634 gen_internal_sym (prefix
)
5638 static int label_num
;
5640 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5641 return xstrdup (buf
);
5644 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5647 assign_symbol_names (die
)
5652 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5654 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5656 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5658 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5659 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5660 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5663 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5666 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5667 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5670 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5671 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5672 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5675 break_out_includes (die
)
5679 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
5680 limbo_die_node
*node
;
5682 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
; )
5684 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
5686 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5687 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
5689 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5692 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
5694 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
5697 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
5699 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
5703 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
5707 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5708 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
5714 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5715 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5720 assign_symbol_names (die
);
5721 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
5723 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
5724 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
5728 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
5729 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
5730 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
5733 add_sibling_attributes (die
)
5738 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
5739 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5740 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
5741 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
5743 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5744 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
5747 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
5750 output_location_lists (die
)
5756 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
5757 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
5758 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
5760 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5761 output_location_lists (c
);
5764 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
5765 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
5766 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
5767 die are visited recursively. */
5770 build_abbrev_table (die
)
5773 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
5774 unsigned int n_alloc
;
5776 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
5778 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
5779 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
5780 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
5781 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
5782 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
5784 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
5787 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
5790 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
5792 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
5794 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
5796 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
5798 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
5799 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
5801 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
5803 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
5804 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
5807 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
5808 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
5811 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
5817 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
5819 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
5821 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5823 = (dw_die_ref
*) xrealloc (abbrev_die_table
,
5824 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
5826 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5827 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5828 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
5831 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
5832 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
5835 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
5836 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5837 build_abbrev_table (c
);
5840 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
5843 constant_size (value
)
5844 long unsigned value
;
5851 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
5854 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
5859 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
5860 .debug_info section. */
5862 static unsigned long
5866 unsigned long size
= 0;
5869 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
5870 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5872 switch (AT_class (a
))
5874 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5875 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
5877 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5878 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5880 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5882 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
5885 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
5889 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5890 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5892 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5893 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5895 case dw_val_class_const
:
5896 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
5898 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5899 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
5901 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5902 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
5904 case dw_val_class_float
:
5905 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
5907 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5910 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5911 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5913 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5914 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5916 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5917 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
5919 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5920 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5922 case dw_val_class_str
:
5923 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
5924 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5926 size
+= HT_LEN (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->id
) + 1;
5936 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
5937 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
5938 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
5939 die_offset field in each DIE. */
5942 calc_die_sizes (die
)
5947 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
5948 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
5950 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5953 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5954 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
5955 next_die_offset
+= 1;
5958 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
5959 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
5960 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
5961 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
5970 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5974 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
5983 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5987 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
5988 compilation unit. */
5990 static unsigned long
5996 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
5997 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
5999 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6000 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6003 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6007 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6009 static unsigned long
6014 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6016 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6017 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6018 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6020 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6021 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6025 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6027 static enum dwarf_form
6031 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6033 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6034 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6035 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6036 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6037 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6038 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6039 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6040 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6042 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6043 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6044 .debug_loc section */
6045 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6046 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6047 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6050 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6052 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6056 case dw_val_class_const
:
6057 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6058 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6059 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6062 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6064 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6066 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6068 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6072 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6073 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6074 case dw_val_class_float
:
6075 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6076 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6077 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6078 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6079 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6080 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6083 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6084 return DW_FORM_data
;
6085 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6086 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6087 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6088 return DW_FORM_data
;
6089 case dw_val_class_str
:
6090 return AT_string_form (a
);
6097 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6100 output_value_format (a
)
6103 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6105 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6108 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6112 output_abbrev_section ()
6114 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6118 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6120 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6122 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6123 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6124 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6126 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6127 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6129 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6131 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6132 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6134 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6135 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6136 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6139 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6140 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6143 /* Terminate the table. */
6144 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6147 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6150 output_die_symbol (die
)
6153 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6158 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6159 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6160 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6162 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6164 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6167 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6168 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6169 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6171 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6172 new_loc_list (expr
, begin
, end
, section
, gensym
)
6173 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
6176 const char *section
;
6179 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
6180 = (dw_loc_list_ref
) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6182 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6184 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6185 retlist
->section
= section
;
6187 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6192 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6195 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head
, descr
, begin
, end
, section
)
6196 dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
;
6197 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
6200 const char *section
;
6204 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6205 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6208 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6209 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6212 /* Output the location list given to us */
6215 output_loc_list (list_head
)
6216 dw_loc_list_ref list_head
;
6218 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6220 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6222 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6223 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6224 in more than one section. */
6225 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6227 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6228 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6229 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6230 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6231 "Location list base address specifier base");
6234 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
=curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6238 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6239 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6240 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6241 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6242 "Location list end address (%s)",
6243 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6244 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6246 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6249 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6251 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6254 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6255 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6256 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6257 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6258 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6259 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6262 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6263 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6273 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6274 them to point to. */
6275 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6276 output_die_symbol (die
);
6278 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6279 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6281 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6283 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6285 switch (AT_class (a
))
6287 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6288 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6291 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6292 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6296 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6298 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6300 sprintf (p
, "+0x%lx", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6301 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6307 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6308 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6310 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6311 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6313 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6316 case dw_val_class_const
:
6317 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6318 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6319 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6320 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6323 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6324 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6325 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6328 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6330 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6332 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6333 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6336 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6338 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6339 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6343 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6344 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6347 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6348 first
, "long long constant");
6349 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6354 case dw_val_class_float
:
6358 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6361 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6362 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6363 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6367 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6368 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6371 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6373 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6377 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6378 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6382 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6383 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6385 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6389 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6391 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6394 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6398 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6402 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6403 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6404 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6408 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6409 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6412 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6413 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6416 case dw_val_class_str
:
6417 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6418 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6419 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6420 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6422 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6430 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6433 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6434 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6435 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6439 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6440 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6443 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6445 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6446 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6447 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6448 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6449 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6450 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6453 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6456 output_comp_unit (die
)
6459 const char *secname
;
6461 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6462 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6463 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6464 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6465 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6468 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6470 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6471 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6472 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6474 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6476 char *tmp
= (char *) alloca (strlen (die
->die_symbol
) + 24);
6478 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", die
->die_symbol
);
6480 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6483 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6485 /* Output debugging information. */
6486 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6487 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6490 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6492 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6496 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6497 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6498 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6501 dwarf2_name (decl
, scope
)
6505 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
6508 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6511 add_pubname (decl
, die
)
6517 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
6520 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
6522 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6524 = (pubname_ref
) xrealloc (pubname_table
,
6525 (pubname_table_allocated
6526 * sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
6529 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
6531 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
6534 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6535 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6536 visible procedures. */
6542 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
6544 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
6545 "Length of Public Names Info");
6546 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6547 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6548 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6549 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
6550 "Compilation Unit Length");
6552 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6554 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6556 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6557 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
6560 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
6563 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
6566 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6569 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6572 add_arange (decl
, die
)
6576 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
6579 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
6581 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6582 arange_table
= (dw_die_ref
*)
6583 xrealloc (arange_table
, arange_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6586 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
6589 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6590 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6591 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6597 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
6599 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
6600 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6601 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6602 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6603 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6604 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
6605 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6607 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6608 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
6610 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6612 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6613 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6614 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
6615 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
6618 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
6619 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
6620 text_section_label
, "Length");
6622 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
6624 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
6626 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6627 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
6630 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
6632 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
6634 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
6635 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
6639 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6640 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6641 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6642 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
6643 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6645 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
6649 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
6652 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6653 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
6654 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6655 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
6660 /* Output the terminator words. */
6661 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6662 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6665 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6672 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
6674 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
6676 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6677 ranges_table
= (dw_ranges_ref
)
6678 xrealloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
6679 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
6682 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
6683 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
6685 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6692 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
6693 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
6695 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
6697 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
6701 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6702 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6704 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
6705 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
6707 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
6708 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
6709 base of the text section. */
6710 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
6712 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
6714 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6715 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
6716 text_section_label
, NULL
);
6719 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
6720 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
6721 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
6722 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
6725 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
6726 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6727 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
6734 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6735 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6741 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
6744 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
6745 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
6746 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
6747 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
6748 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
6751 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
6755 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
6756 int length
; /* Path length. */
6757 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
6758 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
6759 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
6760 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
6763 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
6764 the directories in the path. */
6767 file_info_cmp (p1
, p2
)
6771 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
6772 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
6776 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
6777 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
6778 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
6779 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
6780 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
6781 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
6782 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
6784 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
6785 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
6791 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
6792 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
6793 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
6794 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
6795 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
6797 /* Character of current path component the same? */
6798 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
6803 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
6804 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
6805 slowdowns with many input files. */
6808 output_file_names ()
6810 struct file_info
*files
;
6811 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
6820 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
6821 files
= (struct file_info
*) alloca (file_table
.in_use
6822 * sizeof (struct file_info
));
6823 dirs
= (struct dir_info
*) alloca (file_table
.in_use
6824 * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
6826 /* Sort the file names. */
6827 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
6831 /* Skip all leading "./". */
6832 f
= file_table
.table
[i
];
6833 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
6836 /* Create a new array entry. */
6838 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
6839 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
6841 /* Search for the file name part. */
6842 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
6843 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
6846 qsort (files
+ 1, file_table
.in_use
- 1, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
6848 /* Find all the different directories used. */
6849 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
6850 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
6851 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
6853 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
6855 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
6858 for (i
= 2; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
6859 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
6860 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
6861 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
6863 /* Same directory as last entry. */
6864 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
6865 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
6871 /* This is a new directory. */
6872 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
6873 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
6874 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
6875 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
6876 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
6877 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
6879 /* Search for a prefix. */
6880 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
6881 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
6882 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
6883 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
6884 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
6885 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
6886 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
6887 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
6892 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
6893 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
6894 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
6895 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
6896 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
6897 results in most cases and never is much off. */
6898 saved
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
6899 savehere
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
6901 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
6902 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
6907 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
6908 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
6909 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
6910 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
6912 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
6915 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
6917 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
6922 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= i
)
6927 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
6928 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
6930 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
6931 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
6936 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
6938 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
6940 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
6941 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
6942 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
6944 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
6945 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
6947 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
6948 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
6953 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
6954 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
6955 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
6956 backmap
= (int *) alloca (file_table
.in_use
* sizeof (int));
6957 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
6959 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
6961 /* Mark this directory as used. */
6962 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
6965 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
6966 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
6967 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
6968 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
6969 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
6971 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
6972 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
6973 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
6975 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
6976 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
6977 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
6980 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
6982 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
6984 if (idx_offset
== 0)
6987 /* Now write all the file names. */
6988 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
6990 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
6991 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
6993 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
6994 "File Entry: 0x%x", i
);
6996 /* Include directory index. */
6997 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
6999 /* Modification time. */
7000 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7002 /* File length in bytes. */
7003 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7006 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7010 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7011 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7016 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7017 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7018 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7021 unsigned long lt_index
;
7022 unsigned long current_line
;
7025 unsigned long current_file
;
7026 unsigned long function
;
7028 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7029 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7030 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7031 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7033 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7034 "Length of Source Line Info");
7035 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7037 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7038 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7039 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7041 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7042 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7043 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7044 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7045 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7046 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7047 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7048 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7049 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7050 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7052 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7053 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7054 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7055 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7056 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7057 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7058 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7059 "Special Opcode Base");
7061 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7065 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7066 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7067 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7068 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7069 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7077 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7081 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7082 output_file_names ();
7083 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7085 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7086 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7087 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7089 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7090 a series of state machine operations. */
7093 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7094 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7096 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7099 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7100 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7103 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7104 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7105 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7106 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7107 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7111 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7113 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7114 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7115 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7116 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7117 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7118 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7120 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7123 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7124 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7125 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7126 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7130 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7131 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7132 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7133 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7134 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7135 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7138 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7140 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7141 different from the previous line. */
7142 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7144 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7145 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7146 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7147 file_table
.table
[current_file
]);
7150 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7151 that uses the least amount of space. */
7152 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7154 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7155 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7156 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7157 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7158 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7159 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7161 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7162 "line %lu", current_line
);
7165 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7166 depending on the value being encoded. */
7167 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7168 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7169 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7170 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7174 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7175 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7178 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7181 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7182 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7183 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7187 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7188 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7189 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7190 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7193 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7194 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7195 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7200 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7202 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7203 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7206 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7207 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7208 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7209 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7213 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7214 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7215 to handle it differently. */
7216 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7218 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7220 function
= line_info
->function
;
7222 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7223 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7224 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7225 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7226 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7230 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7233 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7234 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7235 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7239 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7240 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7241 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7242 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7246 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7248 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7249 different from the previous line. */
7250 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7252 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7253 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7254 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7255 file_table
.table
[current_file
]);
7258 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7259 that uses the least amount of space. */
7260 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7262 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7263 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7264 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7265 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7266 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7267 "line %lu", current_line
);
7270 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7271 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7272 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7273 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7277 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7285 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7286 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7287 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7292 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7293 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7296 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7297 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7298 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7302 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7303 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7304 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7305 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7308 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7309 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7310 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7311 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7315 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7316 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7319 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7320 a DIE that describes the given type.
7322 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7323 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7326 base_type_die (type
)
7329 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7330 const char *type_name
;
7331 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7332 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7334 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7339 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7340 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7342 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7345 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7347 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7350 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7351 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7352 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7354 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7355 && (type
== char_type_node
7356 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7357 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7359 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7360 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7362 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7365 /* else fall through. */
7368 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7369 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7370 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7372 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7376 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7379 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7380 a user defined type for it. */
7382 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7383 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7385 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7389 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7390 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7394 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7398 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7399 if (demangle_name_func
)
7400 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7402 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7403 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7404 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7405 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7407 return base_type_result
;
7410 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7411 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7412 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7413 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7414 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7415 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7416 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7417 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7423 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7424 return error_mark_node
;
7426 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7429 return error_mark_node
;
7432 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7433 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7436 return type_main_variant (type
);
7440 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return non-zero if the
7441 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7447 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7462 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7467 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7481 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7482 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7485 modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
, context_die
)
7488 int is_volatile_type
;
7489 dw_die_ref context_die
;
7491 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
7492 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
7493 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
7494 tree item_type
= NULL
;
7496 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
7498 tree qualified_type
;
7500 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7503 = get_qualified_type (type
,
7504 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
7506 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
7508 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7511 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7513 return mod_type_die
;
7516 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7517 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
7518 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
7519 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
7521 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
7522 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
7524 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
7526 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7527 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
7528 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7530 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
7531 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
7532 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7533 type to which it refers. */
7535 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
7536 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
7539 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7545 else if (is_const_type
)
7547 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7548 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
7550 else if (is_volatile_type
)
7552 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7553 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
7555 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
7557 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7558 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
7560 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7562 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7564 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
7566 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7567 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
7569 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7571 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7573 else if (is_base_type (type
))
7574 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
7577 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
7579 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7580 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7581 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7582 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7583 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7585 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
7586 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
7588 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
7589 not the main variant. */
7590 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
7591 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
7595 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7597 type
= qualified_type
;
7600 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
7602 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7603 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
7604 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
7605 types are possible in Ada. */
7606 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
7607 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
7608 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
7611 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
7612 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
7614 return mod_type_die
;
7617 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7618 an enumerated type. */
7624 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
7627 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7633 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
7635 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7638 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
7641 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
7642 zero if there is no such. */
7644 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7645 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
)
7648 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
7651 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7654 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
7656 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ reg
, 0, 0);
7658 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, reg
, 0);
7663 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
7665 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7666 int_loc_descriptor (i
)
7669 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
7671 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
7672 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
7676 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
7679 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
7681 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
7691 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
7693 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
7694 || i
>= -0x80000000)
7700 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
7703 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
7705 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7706 based_loc_descr (reg
, offset
)
7710 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
7711 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
7712 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
7714 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
7715 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7716 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
7719 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
7721 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
7723 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
7728 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
7734 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
7735 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
7736 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
7737 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
7740 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
7741 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
7742 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
7743 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
7745 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
7746 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
7747 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
7748 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
7750 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
7751 autoincrement addressing modes.
7753 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
7755 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7756 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
)
7758 enum machine_mode mode
;
7760 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
7762 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
7763 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
7764 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
7765 zeroth element of the array. */
7767 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
7768 rtl
= ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl
);
7771 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
7776 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
7777 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
7779 /* ... fall through ... */
7782 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7783 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7784 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7785 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7786 contains the given subreg. */
7787 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
7789 /* ... fall through ... */
7792 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
7793 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
7794 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
7795 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
7796 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
7797 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
7798 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
7799 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
7800 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
7801 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
7802 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
7803 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
7804 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
7805 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7806 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
7810 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
7811 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
7812 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
7816 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
7817 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
7821 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
7822 by a different symbol. */
7823 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
7826 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
7828 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
7831 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
7832 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
7837 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
7838 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
7839 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
7840 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
7845 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
7846 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7847 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
7848 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
7852 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
7854 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
7859 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
7861 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
7862 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
7863 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
7864 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
7866 /* ... fall through ... */
7870 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
7871 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
7872 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
7875 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
7876 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
7879 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
7880 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
7881 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
7882 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
7883 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
7886 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
7887 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
7888 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
7889 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
7896 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
7897 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
7898 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
7899 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
7901 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
7904 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
7905 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
7906 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
7911 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
7915 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
7917 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
7918 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
7926 return mem_loc_result
;
7929 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
7930 This is typically a complex variable. */
7932 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7933 concat_loc_descriptor (x0
, x1
)
7936 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
7937 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
7938 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
7940 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
7943 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
7944 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
7945 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
7946 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
7948 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
7949 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
7950 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
7951 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
7953 return cc_loc_result
;
7956 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
7957 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
7958 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
7959 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
7960 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
7962 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
7964 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7965 loc_descriptor (rtl
)
7968 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
7970 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
7973 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7974 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7975 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7976 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7977 contains the given subreg. */
7978 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
7980 /* ... fall through ... */
7983 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
7987 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
7991 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8001 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8002 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8003 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8004 descriptor, return 0. */
8006 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8007 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc
, addressp
)
8011 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8013 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8014 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8016 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8017 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8020 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8025 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8026 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8027 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8028 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8029 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8030 the names of types. */
8037 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8038 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8039 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8040 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8041 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8042 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8043 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8044 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8047 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8048 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8054 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8056 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8058 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8060 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8061 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8062 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8067 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8069 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8072 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8075 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8081 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8086 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8090 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8091 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8093 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8098 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8101 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8102 enum machine_mode mode
;
8105 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8106 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8111 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8113 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8116 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8118 /* Variable offset. */
8119 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8120 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8126 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8128 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8129 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8131 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8132 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8138 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8139 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8144 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8145 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8150 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8156 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8161 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8169 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8182 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8186 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8187 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8189 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8193 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8194 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8195 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8205 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8212 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8219 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8226 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8241 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8242 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8243 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8246 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8247 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8250 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8264 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8268 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8272 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8273 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8274 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8275 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8277 /* ... fall through ... */
8281 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8282 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8283 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8284 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8285 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8287 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8288 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8291 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8292 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8294 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8295 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8296 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
8298 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
8299 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8300 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
8302 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8303 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
8304 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
8305 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8306 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
8314 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8315 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
8318 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8319 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
8321 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8323 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
8325 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8328 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
8330 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
8336 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8337 which is not less than the value itself. */
8339 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8340 ceiling (value
, boundary
)
8341 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
8342 unsigned int boundary
;
8344 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
8347 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8348 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8349 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8358 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8359 return integer_type_node
;
8361 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
8362 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
8363 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8368 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8369 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8370 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8372 static inline unsigned
8373 simple_type_align_in_bits (type
)
8376 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8379 static inline unsigned
8380 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
)
8383 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8386 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8387 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8388 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8389 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8392 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8393 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
)
8397 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8398 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
8399 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
8401 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
8402 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
8404 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8407 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8408 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8409 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8410 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8411 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8414 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8415 field_byte_offset (decl
)
8418 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
8419 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
8420 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
8421 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
8423 tree field_size_tree
;
8424 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
8425 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
8426 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
8428 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8430 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8433 type
= field_type (decl
);
8434 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
8436 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8437 a flexible array member. */
8438 if (! field_size_tree
)
8439 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
8441 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8442 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8443 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8444 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
8447 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
8449 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8450 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
8451 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
8453 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
8455 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
8456 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
8457 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
8459 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8460 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8461 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8462 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8463 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8464 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8465 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8466 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8468 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8470 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8471 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8472 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8473 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8474 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8475 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
8476 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
8477 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
8478 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
8479 bits of the bit-field itself.
8481 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
8482 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
8483 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
8484 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
8485 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
8486 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
8487 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
8488 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
8489 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
8491 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
8492 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
8493 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
8494 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
8495 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
8496 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
8498 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8499 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
8500 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
8502 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
8503 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
8504 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8506 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
8507 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
8508 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
8509 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
8511 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
8513 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
8514 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8516 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
8517 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
8518 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
8519 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
8522 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8525 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
8526 associated with them. */
8528 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
8530 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
8531 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
8532 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
8535 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr_kind
, rtl
)
8537 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
8540 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8543 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
8546 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
8547 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
8548 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
8549 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
8550 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
8551 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
8554 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
8555 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
8556 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
8557 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
8558 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
8559 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
8560 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
8561 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
8562 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
8566 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, decl
)
8571 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
8573 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
8575 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
8576 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
8578 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
8579 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
8580 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
8581 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
8583 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
8585 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
8587 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
8589 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
8590 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
8591 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8593 /* Extract the vtable address. */
8594 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
8595 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8597 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
8598 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
8602 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
8603 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8604 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
8605 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8607 /* Extract the offset. */
8608 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
8609 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8611 /* Add it to the object address. */
8612 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
8613 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8616 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
8619 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
8623 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8625 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
8626 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
8627 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
8629 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8630 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
8631 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
8635 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
8638 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
8641 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
8644 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
8645 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
8646 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
8647 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
8648 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
8651 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
)
8655 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8658 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
8659 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
8660 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
8661 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
8662 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
8664 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
8666 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8667 if (val
< 0 && (long) val
== val
)
8668 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (long) val
);
8669 else if ((unsigned long) val
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
)
8670 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned long) val
);
8673 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
8674 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
8675 val
>> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
, val
);
8684 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
8685 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
8686 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
8687 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
8689 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8691 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
8693 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
8694 long *array
= (long *) xmalloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
8697 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
8701 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv
, array
[0]);
8705 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
8710 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
8717 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
8721 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8722 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
8725 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
8726 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
8732 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
8738 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
8739 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8743 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
8744 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
8745 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
8746 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
8747 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
8748 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
8749 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
8750 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
8751 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
8752 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
8753 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
8757 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
8764 rtl_for_decl_location (decl
)
8769 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
8770 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
8771 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
8773 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
8774 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
8775 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
8776 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
8777 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
8778 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
8779 referenced within the function.
8781 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
8782 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
8783 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
8784 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
8786 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
8787 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
8788 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
8789 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
8790 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
8791 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
8793 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
8794 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
8795 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
8796 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
8797 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
8798 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
8799 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
8800 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
8801 output at debug-time.
8803 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
8804 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
8805 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
8806 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8807 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8808 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
8809 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
8810 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
8811 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
8812 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
8813 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
8814 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
8815 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
8817 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
8818 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
8819 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
8820 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
8821 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
8822 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
8823 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
8824 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
8827 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
8828 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
8829 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
8830 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
8831 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
8832 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
8833 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
8834 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
8835 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
8836 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
8837 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
8838 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
8839 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
8842 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
8843 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
8845 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
8846 constants and symbols living in memory. */
8847 if (! reload_completed
)
8850 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
8851 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
8852 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))))
8856 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
8858 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
8860 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
8861 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
8863 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
8864 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
8865 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
8866 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
8867 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
8868 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8869 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
8870 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
8871 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
8872 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
8875 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
8876 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
8877 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
8878 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
8879 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
8880 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
8882 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
8883 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
8884 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
8885 /* Not passed in memory. */
8886 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
8887 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
8888 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
8889 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8890 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
8891 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8892 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
8895 /* Big endian correction check. */
8897 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
8898 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
8901 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
8902 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
8904 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
8905 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
8909 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
8911 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
8912 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8913 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
8914 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
8918 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
8919 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
8920 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
8921 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
8923 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
8924 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
8925 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
8926 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
8928 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8929 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
8930 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
8931 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
8932 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
8934 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
8936 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
8937 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
8938 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
8939 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
8940 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
8941 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
8946 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
8947 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
8948 /* If expand_expr returned a MEM, we cannot use it, since
8949 it won't be output, leading to unresolved symbol. */
8950 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8958 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
8959 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
8960 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
8961 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
8962 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
8963 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
8964 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
8965 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
8966 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
8967 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
8970 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
)
8976 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8978 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
8981 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
8982 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8985 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
8986 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
8987 code, and thus is not emitted. */
8988 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
8990 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8993 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away; don't emit
9004 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9005 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9012 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, rtl
);
9020 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9021 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9022 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9025 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
)
9029 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9030 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9032 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9033 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9038 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9041 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9042 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9043 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9045 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9046 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9047 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9054 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9055 the value of the attribute. */
9058 add_name_attribute (die
, name_string
)
9060 const char *name_string
;
9062 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9064 if (demangle_name_func
)
9065 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9067 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9071 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9072 a representation for that bound. */
9075 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, bound
)
9076 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9077 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
;
9080 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9085 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9087 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9088 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9089 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9090 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9091 /* use the default */
9094 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9099 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9100 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9101 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9105 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9106 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9107 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9108 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9109 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9110 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9111 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9112 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9113 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9114 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9115 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9116 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9117 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9118 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9119 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9120 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9121 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9122 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9124 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9125 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9126 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9127 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9128 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9130 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9131 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9132 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9134 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9135 it references an outer function's frame. */
9136 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9138 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9140 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9141 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9144 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9145 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9146 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9147 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9150 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9156 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9158 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9159 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9160 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9161 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9163 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9164 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9170 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9171 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9173 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9174 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9176 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9180 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9181 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9183 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9185 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9186 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9187 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9188 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9189 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9191 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9192 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9194 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9195 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9196 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9197 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9199 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9205 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9206 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9209 add_subscript_info (type_die
, type
)
9210 dw_die_ref type_die
;
9213 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9214 unsigned dimension_number
;
9217 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9219 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9220 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9221 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9222 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9223 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9224 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9225 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9226 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9228 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9229 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9230 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9231 gen_array_type_die. */
9232 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9233 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9234 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9235 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9238 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9240 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9241 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9243 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9246 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9247 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9248 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9250 /* define the index type. */
9251 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9253 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9254 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9255 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9256 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9257 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9258 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9259 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
9262 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
9266 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9267 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9269 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9270 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9271 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9273 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
9275 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
9278 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9279 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9285 add_byte_size_attribute (die
, tree_node
)
9291 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
9299 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9300 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
9303 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9304 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9305 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9306 even for bit-fields. */
9307 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9313 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9314 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9315 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9316 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9317 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
9320 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9321 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9322 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9325 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9326 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9327 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9328 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9329 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9330 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9332 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9333 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9334 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9337 add_bit_offset_attribute (die
, decl
)
9341 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9342 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9343 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9344 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
9345 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
9346 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
9348 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9350 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9353 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9354 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9355 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9356 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
9357 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9360 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9362 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9363 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9364 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9365 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9366 below must take account of these differences. */
9367 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9368 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
9370 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9372 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
9373 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9377 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9378 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
9379 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
9381 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
9384 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9385 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9388 add_bit_size_attribute (die
, decl
)
9392 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9393 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
9394 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
9397 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9398 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
9401 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9402 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9405 add_prototyped_attribute (die
, func_type
)
9409 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
9410 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
9411 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
9414 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9415 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9419 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die
, origin
)
9423 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
9425 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
9427 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9428 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9429 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9431 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9432 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9436 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
9438 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
9440 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
9443 if (DECL_P (origin
))
9444 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
9445 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
9446 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
9448 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
9451 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
9454 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9457 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die
, func_decl
)
9461 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
9463 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
9465 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
9466 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
9467 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
9468 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
9471 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9472 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9473 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
9474 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
9478 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
9481 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
9485 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
9487 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
9488 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
9491 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
9492 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
9495 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
9501 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
9502 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
9504 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
9505 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
9506 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
9508 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
9509 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
9510 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
9511 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9512 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
9513 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
9516 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9517 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9518 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9519 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
9521 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
9522 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9523 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9528 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
9531 push_decl_scope (scope
)
9534 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
9537 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
9542 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
9545 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
9548 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
9549 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
9550 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
9551 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
9552 the current active scope. */
9555 scope_die_for (t
, context_die
)
9557 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9559 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
9560 tree containing_scope
;
9563 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
9567 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
9569 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
9570 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
9571 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
9573 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
9574 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
9575 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
9576 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
9577 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
9579 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
9580 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
9581 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
9583 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
9584 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
9585 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
9586 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
9587 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
9592 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
9593 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
9596 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
9597 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
9600 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
9603 scope_die
= context_die
;
9608 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
9611 local_scope_p (context_die
)
9612 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9614 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
9615 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
9616 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
9622 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
9625 class_scope_p (context_die
)
9626 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9629 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
9630 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
9633 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
9634 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
9635 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
9638 add_type_attribute (object_die
, type
, decl_const
, decl_volatile
, context_die
)
9639 dw_die_ref object_die
;
9643 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9645 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
9646 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
9648 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
9649 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
9650 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
9651 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
9652 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
9653 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
9654 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
9656 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
9657 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
9658 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
9659 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
9660 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
9663 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
9664 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
9665 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
9668 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
9669 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
9672 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
9673 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
9674 was declared without a tag. */
9680 const char *name
= 0;
9682 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
9686 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
9687 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
9688 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
9690 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
9691 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
9693 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
9694 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
9695 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
9697 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
9699 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
9702 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
9705 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
9706 for bit field types. */
9709 member_declared_type (member
)
9712 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
9713 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
9716 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9717 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9721 decl_start_label (decl
)
9727 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
9728 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
9732 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
9735 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
9740 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
9741 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
9742 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
9745 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9747 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9749 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
9750 dw_die_ref array_die
;
9753 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
9754 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
9755 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
9756 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9757 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
9760 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
9763 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
9764 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
9765 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
9766 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
9767 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
9768 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
9769 for multidimensional arrays. */
9770 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
9773 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9774 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
9775 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
9776 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
9777 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9780 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
9782 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
9783 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
9785 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
9786 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
9788 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9789 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9790 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9791 add_subscript_info. */
9792 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9793 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9794 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
9796 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
9799 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
9803 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9805 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9808 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
9810 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
9811 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
9816 gen_entry_point_die (decl
, context_die
)
9818 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9820 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
9821 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
9824 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
9827 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
9828 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9832 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9833 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
9835 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
9839 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
9840 emit full debugging info for them. */
9843 retry_incomplete_types ()
9847 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
9848 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
9851 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
9854 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9856 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9858 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
9860 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9861 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9862 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9865 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
9868 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9870 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9872 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
9874 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9875 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9876 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9879 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
9882 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9884 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9886 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
9888 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9889 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9890 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9893 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
9894 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
9895 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
9899 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9901 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9903 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
9905 if (type_die
== NULL
)
9907 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
9908 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
9909 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
9910 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
9912 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
9915 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
9917 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
9918 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
9919 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
9920 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
9924 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
9925 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9926 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
9927 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
9929 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
9930 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
9931 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
9932 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
9934 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
9935 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
9937 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
9939 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
9940 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
9942 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0))
9944 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
9945 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9946 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
9948 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9949 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
9954 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9957 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
9958 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
9961 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
9962 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
9963 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
9964 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
9965 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
9966 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
9967 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
9968 argument type of some subprogram type. */
9971 gen_formal_parameter_die (node
, context_die
)
9973 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9976 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
9979 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
9982 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
9984 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
9987 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
9988 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
9989 TREE_READONLY (node
),
9990 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
9992 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
9993 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9996 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
9997 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
9998 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10003 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10004 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10014 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10015 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10018 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type
, context_die
)
10020 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10022 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10025 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10026 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10027 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10028 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10031 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
)
10032 tree function_or_method_type
;
10033 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10036 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10037 tree first_parm_type
;
10040 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10042 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10043 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10048 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10050 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10051 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10052 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10054 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10056 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10057 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10060 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10061 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10062 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10063 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10064 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10065 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10067 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10069 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10072 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10073 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10074 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10075 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10077 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10078 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10079 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10080 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10081 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10082 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10085 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10086 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10087 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10088 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10089 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10092 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, member
, context_die
)
10094 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10096 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10098 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10099 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10100 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10101 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10103 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10106 push_decl_scope (type
);
10107 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10108 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10110 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10116 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10117 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10120 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
)
10123 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10126 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10128 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10129 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10131 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10132 if (old_die
&& get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10133 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10136 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10137 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10138 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10140 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10142 gen_type_die_for_member
10143 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10146 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10147 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10148 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10150 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10151 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10152 if (! was_abstract
)
10153 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10155 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10158 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10162 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
)
10164 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10166 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10167 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10168 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10172 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10173 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10174 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10176 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10177 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10178 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10179 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10180 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10182 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10183 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
10190 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10192 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10195 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10196 inline function. */
10197 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10198 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10200 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10201 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10205 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10207 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10208 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10209 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10210 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10211 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10213 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10214 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10215 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10216 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10217 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10223 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10224 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10225 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10226 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10227 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10228 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10229 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10230 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10231 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10232 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10233 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10234 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10236 subr_die
= old_die
;
10238 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10239 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10240 remove_children (subr_die
);
10244 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10245 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10246 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10247 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10248 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10249 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10251 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10256 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10258 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10259 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10261 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
10262 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10264 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10265 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10266 0, 0, context_die
);
10269 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10270 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10271 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10273 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10274 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10275 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10276 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10281 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10283 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10285 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10286 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10287 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10288 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10289 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10290 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10293 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10295 if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && !flag_no_inline
)
10297 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
10298 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
10299 We can't get this completely correct because information
10300 about whether the function was declared inline is not
10302 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl
))
10303 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
10305 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
10308 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
10310 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10312 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
10314 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10315 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10317 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10318 current_funcdef_number
);
10319 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
10320 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10321 current_funcdef_number
);
10322 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
10324 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
10325 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
10327 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10328 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10329 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
10332 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10333 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10334 variables is relative to one of them. */
10336 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
10337 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
10340 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10341 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10342 if (current_function_needs_context
)
10343 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
10344 lookup_static_chain (decl
));
10348 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10349 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10350 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10351 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10352 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10353 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10354 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10355 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10356 an ellipsis at the end. */
10358 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10359 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10360 its formal parameters. */
10361 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10363 else if (declaration
)
10364 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10367 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
10368 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
10371 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10372 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10373 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
10374 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
10376 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
10377 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
10378 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10379 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10381 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10384 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10385 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10386 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10387 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10388 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10389 parameters at all. */
10390 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10391 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
10393 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
10394 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
10395 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10397 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
10398 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10401 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10402 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10403 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10405 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10406 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10407 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10408 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10409 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10410 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10411 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10413 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10414 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10415 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10416 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10417 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10418 constructor function. */
10419 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
10421 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
10422 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
10424 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10425 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
10427 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10428 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
10430 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10431 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
10438 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10441 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
)
10443 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10445 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10446 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
10448 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10449 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
10450 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10452 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10453 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
10455 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10456 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
10458 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10459 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10462 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10463 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
10464 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
10466 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10467 add_AT_die_ref (var_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10468 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
10470 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10472 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10473 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10475 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10476 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10478 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
10479 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10484 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
10485 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
10486 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
10488 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10489 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10491 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10492 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10494 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10495 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10496 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10497 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10501 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10503 if (class_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10504 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
10506 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10508 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10509 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
10512 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10515 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10518 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
)
10520 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10522 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10523 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
10525 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10527 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10528 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
10530 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
10532 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10533 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
10536 insn
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10538 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
10539 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
10540 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
10541 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
10542 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
10543 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
)))
10545 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
10546 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
10547 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
10548 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
10549 it if it ever does happen. */
10550 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
10553 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
10554 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10559 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
10562 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
10564 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10567 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
10568 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10570 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
10572 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
10576 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
10578 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
10581 add_ranges (chain
);
10582 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
10589 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10590 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10591 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10592 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
10593 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10594 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
10598 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
10601 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
10604 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
10606 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10609 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
10611 dw_die_ref subr_die
10612 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
10613 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
10614 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10616 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
10617 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
10619 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10620 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10621 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10622 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10623 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
10624 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10625 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
10626 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
10627 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
10630 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
10631 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
10632 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
10633 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
10634 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
10635 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
10636 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
10637 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
10638 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
10639 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
10640 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
10642 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
10645 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
10648 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
)
10650 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10652 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
10654 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10655 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
10656 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
10659 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
10661 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
10662 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
10663 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
10666 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
10667 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
10669 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10670 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10672 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10673 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10674 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10675 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10679 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10680 Use modified_type_die instead.
10681 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10682 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10685 gen_pointer_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10687 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10690 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10692 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
10693 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10694 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
10697 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10698 Use modified_type_die instead.
10699 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10700 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10703 gen_reference_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10705 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10708 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10710 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
10711 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10712 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
10716 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
10719 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10721 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10724 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
10725 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10727 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
10728 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10729 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
10730 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10733 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
10736 gen_compile_unit_die (filename
)
10737 const char *filename
;
10740 char producer
[250];
10741 const char *wd
= getpwd ();
10742 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
10745 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
10746 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
10748 if (wd
!= NULL
&& filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
10749 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
10751 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
10753 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10754 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
10755 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
10756 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
10757 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
10758 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
10759 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
10760 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10761 strcat (producer
, " -g");
10764 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
10766 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
10767 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
10768 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
10769 language
= DW_LANG_Ada83
;
10770 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
10771 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
10772 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
10773 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
10774 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
10775 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
10777 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
10779 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
10783 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
10786 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10788 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10790 dw_die_ref type_die
10791 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10793 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10795 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
10796 TODO: add string length info. */
10798 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
10799 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
10803 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
10806 gen_inheritance_die (binfo
, context_die
)
10808 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10810 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
10812 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10813 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
10815 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
10816 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10818 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo
))
10819 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
10820 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo
))
10821 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10824 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
10827 gen_member_die (type
, context_die
)
10829 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10834 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
10835 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
10836 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
10837 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
10838 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
10839 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
10840 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
10841 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
10842 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
10843 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
10844 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
10846 /* First output info about the base classes. */
10847 if (TYPE_BINFO (type
) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type
))
10849 tree bases
= TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type
);
10850 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
10853 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
10854 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
), context_die
);
10857 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
10858 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
10860 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
10861 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
10862 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
10863 do put them in the right order. */
10865 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
10867 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
10869 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
10872 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
10873 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
10875 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
10876 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
10879 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
10881 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
10883 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
10887 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
10888 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
10889 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
10892 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10894 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10896 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10897 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
10899 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
10900 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
10901 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
10903 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
10906 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
10907 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
10910 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10912 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
10913 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
10915 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
10917 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
10918 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
10920 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10922 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10924 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10927 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10929 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
10930 then give a list of members. */
10933 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
10934 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
10935 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10936 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10937 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10938 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10940 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10941 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10942 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10943 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
10945 push_decl_scope (type
);
10946 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
10949 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
10950 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
10952 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
10954 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
10955 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10956 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
10961 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10963 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
10964 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
10965 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
10966 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
10970 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
10973 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10975 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10977 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10978 dw_die_ref subr_die
10979 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
10980 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10982 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
10983 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
10984 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10985 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
10988 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
10991 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
)
10993 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10995 dw_die_ref type_die
;
10998 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11001 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11002 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11003 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11004 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11005 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11010 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11011 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11013 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11015 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11018 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11021 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11023 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11024 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11027 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11028 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11031 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11034 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11036 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11040 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11043 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11044 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11045 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11046 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11047 cloned type itself). */
11048 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11049 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11051 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11054 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11055 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11057 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11058 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11062 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11068 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11069 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11070 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11071 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11072 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11074 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11076 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11077 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11078 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11082 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11083 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11084 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11086 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11087 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11089 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11091 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11095 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11096 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11100 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11101 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11104 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11105 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11106 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11107 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11111 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11112 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11113 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11117 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11119 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11120 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11123 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11127 gen_type_die (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11130 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11133 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11134 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11135 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11136 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11137 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11138 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11139 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11140 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11141 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11142 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11144 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11146 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11149 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11150 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11151 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11157 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11158 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11160 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11165 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11166 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11167 when appropriate. */
11176 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11180 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11187 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11190 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11193 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type
, context_die
)
11195 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11197 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11200 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11201 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11202 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11204 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11207 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11208 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11210 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11215 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11216 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11220 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11224 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11225 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11233 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11234 things which are local to the given block. */
11237 gen_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11239 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11242 int must_output_die
= 0;
11245 enum tree_code origin_code
;
11247 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11248 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
11249 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
11252 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11253 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11254 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11255 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
11259 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
11260 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11265 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11266 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11267 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11268 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11269 the current block. */
11270 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11271 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
11273 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11275 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11276 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11277 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11278 must_output_die
= 1;
11281 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11282 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11283 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11284 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11285 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11286 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11287 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11288 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
11290 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11291 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11292 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11293 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11294 as being a "significant" one. */
11295 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
11297 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11298 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11299 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
11300 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11301 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11302 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11304 must_output_die
= 1;
11310 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11311 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11312 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11313 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11314 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11315 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11316 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11317 if (must_output_die
)
11319 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11320 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11322 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11325 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11328 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11329 all of its sub-blocks. */
11332 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11334 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11340 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11341 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
11344 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11345 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11346 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11347 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11348 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11352 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11353 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11354 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11355 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11359 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11360 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
11362 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11365 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11366 therein) of this block. */
11367 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
11369 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
11370 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11373 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11376 is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
11379 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11382 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11383 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
11384 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11385 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
11386 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
11387 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11393 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11396 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
)
11398 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11402 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
11405 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11411 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11412 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11415 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11416 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11417 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11418 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
11419 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
11422 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11423 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
11424 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
11426 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11427 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11428 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
11429 && ! class_scope_p (context_die
)
11430 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11431 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11432 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11433 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11435 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11436 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
11439 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
11440 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11442 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
11443 have described its return type. */
11444 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
11446 /* And its virtual context. */
11447 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11448 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
11450 /* And its containing type. */
11451 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11452 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11453 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11456 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
11457 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
11461 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11462 actual typedefs. */
11463 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11466 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
11467 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
11468 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
11469 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
11470 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
11471 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
11472 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11474 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11478 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
11479 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11481 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
11482 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
11486 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
11487 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
11491 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11492 variable declarations or definitions. */
11493 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11496 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
11498 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11500 /* And its containing type. */
11501 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11502 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11503 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11505 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
11506 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
11507 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
11509 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11510 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
11511 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
11513 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
11517 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
11518 anonymous unions. */
11519 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
11520 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
11522 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
11523 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
11528 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11529 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
11532 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
11533 /* Ignore for now. */
11542 mark_limbo_die_list (ptr
)
11543 void *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11545 limbo_die_node
*node
;
11546 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
11547 ggc_mark_tree (node
->created_for
);
11550 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
11553 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename
, context_list
)
11554 const char *filename
;
11555 const char *context_list
;
11557 unsigned int file_index
;
11559 if (filename
!= NULL
)
11561 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
11562 tree context_list_decl
11563 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
11566 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
11567 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
11568 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11569 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11570 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
11574 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
11575 compilation proper has finished. */
11578 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl
)
11581 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
11582 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
11583 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
11584 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
11585 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11586 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
11589 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
11592 dwarf2out_decl (decl
)
11595 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11597 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11602 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11603 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
11604 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
11605 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
11606 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
11609 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
11610 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
11611 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
11612 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
11613 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
11614 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
11615 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
11616 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
11617 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
11618 with the definition of the function.
11620 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
11621 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
11622 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
11623 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
11624 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
11625 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
11626 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
11627 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
11628 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
11629 that they *are* definitions).
11631 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
11632 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
11633 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
11634 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
11635 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
11636 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11639 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
11640 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
11641 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
11642 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
11643 context_die
= NULL
;
11647 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
11648 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
11649 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
11650 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
11651 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
11652 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
11653 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
11654 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
11655 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
11658 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11659 variable declarations or definitions. */
11660 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11665 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
11666 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
11669 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
11670 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
11671 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
11673 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
11674 comparisons have. */
11675 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
11676 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
11677 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
11678 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
11679 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
11684 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
11685 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11688 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
11689 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
11690 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
11691 context_die
= NULL
;
11699 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11702 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
11703 a lexical block. */
11706 dwarf2out_begin_block (line
, blocknum
)
11707 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11708 unsigned int blocknum
;
11710 function_section (current_function_decl
);
11711 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
11714 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
11718 dwarf2out_end_block (line
, blocknum
)
11719 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11720 unsigned int blocknum
;
11722 function_section (current_function_decl
);
11723 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
11726 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
11727 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
11729 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
11730 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
11731 we may end up calling them anyway. */
11734 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block
)
11739 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11740 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11741 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
11747 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
11748 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
11749 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
11750 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
11751 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
11752 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
11753 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
11754 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
11755 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
11759 lookup_filename (file_name
)
11760 const char *file_name
;
11764 /* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
11765 if (strcmp (file_name
, "<internal>") == 0
11766 || strcmp (file_name
, "<built-in>") == 0)
11769 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
11770 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
11771 if (file_table
.last_lookup_index
!= 0)
11772 if (0 == strcmp (file_name
,
11773 file_table
.table
[file_table
.last_lookup_index
]))
11774 return file_table
.last_lookup_index
;
11776 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
11777 for (i
= 1; i
< file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
11778 if (strcmp (file_name
, file_table
.table
[i
]) == 0)
11780 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= i
;
11784 /* Prepare to add a new table entry by making sure there is enough space in
11785 the table to do so. If not, expand the current table. */
11786 if (i
== file_table
.allocated
)
11788 file_table
.allocated
= i
+ FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11789 file_table
.table
= (char **)
11790 xrealloc (file_table
.table
, file_table
.allocated
* sizeof (char *));
11793 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
11794 file_table
.table
[i
] = xstrdup (file_name
);
11795 file_table
.in_use
= i
+ 1;
11796 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= i
;
11798 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
11799 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u \"%s\"\n", i
, file_name
);
11807 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
11808 file_table
.table
= (char **) xcalloc (FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
, sizeof (char *));
11809 file_table
.allocated
= FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11811 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
11812 file_table
.in_use
= 1;
11813 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= 0;
11816 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
11817 and record information relating to this source line, in
11818 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
11821 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, filename
)
11823 const char *filename
;
11825 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
11827 function_section (current_function_decl
);
11829 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
11830 if (flag_debug_asm
)
11831 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
11834 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
11836 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11838 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
11839 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
11841 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
11842 line_info_table_in_use
++;
11844 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
11845 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
11846 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
11848 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
11850 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
11851 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
11852 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
11854 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
11855 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
11856 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
11858 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11859 separate_line_info_table
11860 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref
)
11861 xrealloc (separate_line_info_table
,
11862 separate_line_info_table_allocated
11863 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
11866 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11868 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
11869 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11870 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
11871 line_info
->function
= current_funcdef_number
;
11875 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
11877 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
11878 line_info_table_in_use
);
11880 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
11881 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
11883 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11885 = (dw_line_info_ref
)
11886 xrealloc (line_info_table
,
11887 (line_info_table_allocated
11888 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
11891 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11892 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
11893 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11894 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
11899 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
11902 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno
, filename
)
11903 unsigned int lineno
;
11904 const char *filename
;
11906 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
11908 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
11909 dw_die_ref bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
11910 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
11913 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
11915 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11916 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
11917 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
11919 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
11920 "Filename we just started");
11924 /* Record the end of a source file. */
11927 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno
)
11928 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11930 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
11931 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
11932 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
11934 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
11936 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11937 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
11941 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
11942 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11943 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11946 dwarf2out_define (lineno
, buffer
)
11947 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11948 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11950 static int initialized
= 0;
11953 dwarf2out_start_source_file (0, primary_filename
);
11957 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
11959 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11960 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
11961 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
11962 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
11966 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
11967 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11968 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11971 dwarf2out_undef (lineno
, buffer
)
11972 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11973 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11975 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
11977 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11978 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
11979 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
11980 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
11984 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
11987 dwarf2out_init (main_input_filename
)
11988 const char *main_input_filename
;
11990 init_file_table ();
11992 /* Remember the name of the primary input file. */
11993 primary_filename
= main_input_filename
;
11995 /* Add it to the file table first, under the assumption that we'll
11996 be emitting line number data for it first, which avoids having
11997 to add an initial DW_LNS_set_file. */
11998 lookup_filename (main_input_filename
);
12000 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12002 = (dw_die_ref
*) xcalloc (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
, sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12003 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12004 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12006 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12007 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12008 ggc_add_tree_varray_root (&decl_scope_table
, 1);
12010 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12012 = (dw_die_ref
*) xcalloc (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
,
12013 sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12014 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12015 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12016 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12018 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12020 = (dw_line_info_ref
) xcalloc (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
,
12021 sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12022 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12024 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12025 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12027 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12028 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12029 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12030 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12031 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. */
12032 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename
);
12034 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12035 ggc_add_tree_varray_root (&incomplete_types
, 1);
12037 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12038 ggc_add_rtx_varray_root (&used_rtx_varray
, 1);
12040 ggc_add_root (&limbo_die_list
, 1, 1, mark_limbo_die_list
);
12042 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12043 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12044 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12045 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12046 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12048 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12050 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12051 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12052 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12053 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12054 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12055 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12056 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12057 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12058 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12059 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12060 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12061 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12063 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12065 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12066 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12067 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12068 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12071 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12074 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12078 /* Allocate a string in .debug_str hash table. */
12081 indirect_string_alloc (tab
)
12082 hash_table
*tab ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12084 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
12086 node
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
12087 node
->refcount
= 0;
12089 node
->label
= NULL
;
12091 return (hashnode
) node
;
12094 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12095 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12098 output_indirect_string (pfile
, h
, v
)
12099 struct cpp_reader
*pfile ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12101 const PTR v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12103 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) h
;
12105 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12107 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12108 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12109 assemble_string ((const char *) HT_STR (&node
->id
),
12110 HT_LEN (&node
->id
) + 1);
12116 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12117 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12120 dwarf2out_finish (input_filename
)
12121 const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12123 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
12124 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
12126 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12127 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12128 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12129 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12131 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
12133 next_node
= node
->next
;
12136 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12138 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
12142 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
12143 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
12145 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
12146 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
12147 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
12148 else if (node
->created_for
12149 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
12150 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
12152 (node
->created_for
)))))
12153 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12154 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
12155 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12156 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
12157 else if (node
->created_for
12158 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
12159 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
12160 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
12161 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
12162 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12164 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
12165 nested function can be optimized away, which results
12166 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
12167 with the return type of that nested function. Force
12168 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12169 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
12172 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12181 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
12183 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12184 emit full debugging info for them. */
12185 retry_incomplete_types ();
12187 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12188 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12189 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12191 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12192 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12193 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12194 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
12196 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12197 that have children. */
12198 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
12199 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12200 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
12202 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12204 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12206 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12207 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12208 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12209 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12210 examining the file. */
12211 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12213 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12214 output_line_info ();
12217 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12218 if (have_location_lists
)
12220 /* Output the location lists info. */
12221 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12222 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
12223 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12224 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
12225 output_location_lists (die
);
12226 have_location_lists
= 0;
12229 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12231 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
12233 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
12234 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
12237 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12238 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12239 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
12240 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
12242 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12243 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
12244 debug_line_section_label
);
12246 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12247 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
12249 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
12250 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
12251 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12252 output_comp_unit (node
->die
);
12254 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
);
12256 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
12257 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12258 output_abbrev_section ();
12260 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
12261 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
12263 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12264 output_pubnames ();
12267 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
12268 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
12269 if (fde_table_in_use
)
12271 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12275 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
12276 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
12278 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12279 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
12283 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
12284 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12286 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12287 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12290 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
12292 if (debug_str_hash
)
12293 ht_forall (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
12295 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO */